1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
457 /* The master GOT information. */
458 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
460 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
462 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
464 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
465 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
467 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
468 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
470 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
473 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
476 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
479 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
482 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
483 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
485 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
486 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
488 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
489 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
491 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
492 See the comment above that structure for details. */
493 asection
*strampoline
;
495 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
499 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
500 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
501 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
502 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
504 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
506 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
508 /* Small local sym cache. */
509 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
511 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
512 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
515 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
517 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
518 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
519 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
521 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
522 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
524 /* The usual link-wide information. */
525 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
528 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
532 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
534 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
536 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
537 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
539 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
542 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
545 /* The abiflags for this object. */
546 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
547 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
549 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
550 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
552 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
553 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
554 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
555 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
557 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
558 asection
**local_stubs
;
559 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
561 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
562 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
563 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
564 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
565 asection
*elf_data_section
;
566 asection
*elf_text_section
;
569 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
571 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
572 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
574 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
575 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
576 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
577 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
578 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
579 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
580 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
595 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
596 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
597 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
598 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
599 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
603 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
608 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
609 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
610 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
614 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
616 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
619 "_procedure_string_table",
620 "_procedure_table_size",
624 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
629 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
630 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
631 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
632 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
633 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
634 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
643 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
644 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
645 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
649 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
650 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
651 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
652 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
653 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
654 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
659 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
660 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
661 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
662 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
663 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
671 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
679 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
681 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
682 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
683 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
684 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
685 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
686 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
687 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
688 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
690 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
691 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
692 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
693 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
694 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
696 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
697 has different meaning for each type:
700 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
701 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
702 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
703 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
706 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
707 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
708 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
709 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
711 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
712 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
713 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
714 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
716 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
717 loader for use by the static exception system. */
719 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
720 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
721 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
722 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
723 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
724 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
725 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
726 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
727 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
728 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
730 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
732 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
733 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
735 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
736 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
737 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
738 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
739 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
740 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
742 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
743 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
744 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
745 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
747 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
749 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
750 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
752 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
753 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
754 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
755 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
756 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
759 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
760 for RM9000 for now. */
761 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
762 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
767 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
769 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
770 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
772 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
774 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
775 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
776 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
778 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
779 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
780 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
782 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
783 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
784 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
786 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
787 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
788 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
790 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
791 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
793 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
794 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
795 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
797 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
798 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
799 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
800 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
802 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
803 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
804 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
806 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
807 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
808 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
810 /* The name of the options section. */
811 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
812 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
814 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
815 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
817 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
819 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
820 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
821 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
823 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
824 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
825 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
826 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
828 /* The name of the stub section. */
829 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
831 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
832 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
833 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
835 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
836 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
837 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
839 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
840 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
841 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
843 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
844 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
845 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
847 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
848 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
849 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
851 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
852 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
853 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
855 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
856 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
857 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
859 /* Get word-sized data. */
860 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
861 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
863 /* Put out word-sized data. */
864 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
866 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
867 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
869 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
871 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
873 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
874 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
875 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
877 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
878 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
880 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
881 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
882 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
884 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
885 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
886 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
887 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
889 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
890 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
892 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
893 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
895 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
896 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
897 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
899 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
901 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
903 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
904 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
906 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
907 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
908 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
909 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
910 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
911 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
912 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
913 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
915 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
916 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
918 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
919 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
921 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
922 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
923 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
924 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
925 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
926 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
927 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
928 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
929 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
930 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
931 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
933 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
935 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
936 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
938 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
939 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
940 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
941 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
942 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
943 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
945 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
948 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
949 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
950 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
951 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
954 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
955 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
956 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
957 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
958 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
959 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
960 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
963 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
964 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
966 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
968 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
969 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
972 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
973 floating point arguments.
975 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
976 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
977 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
978 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
979 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
980 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
981 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
982 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
984 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
985 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
986 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
987 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
988 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
989 stub should be discarded.
991 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
992 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
993 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
994 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
995 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
996 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
997 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1000 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1001 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1002 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1004 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1006 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1007 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1008 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1010 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1011 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1012 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1014 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1015 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1017 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1018 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1019 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1020 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1021 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1022 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1023 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1024 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1027 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1028 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1029 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1031 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1032 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1033 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1034 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1035 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1036 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1037 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1038 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1041 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1042 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1043 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1045 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1046 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1047 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1048 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1049 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1050 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1051 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1052 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1055 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1056 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1057 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1058 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1060 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1061 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1063 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1064 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1065 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1066 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1067 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1068 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1069 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1070 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1074 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1075 in the insn32 mode. */
1076 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1078 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1079 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1080 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1081 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1082 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1083 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1084 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1085 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1088 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1089 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1091 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1092 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1093 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1094 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1097 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1098 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1099 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1100 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1102 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1103 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1104 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1105 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1108 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1109 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1110 directly addressable. */
1111 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1113 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1114 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1115 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1117 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1119 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1122 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1123 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1124 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1126 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1127 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1128 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1129 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1132 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1133 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1135 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1136 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1137 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1138 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1141 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1142 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1144 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1145 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1146 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1147 0x00000000, /* nop */
1148 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1149 0x00000000 /* nop */
1152 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1153 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1155 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1156 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1157 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1158 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1159 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1160 0x00000000, /* nop */
1161 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1162 0x00000000 /* nop */
1165 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1166 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1168 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1169 0x00000000, /* nop */
1170 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1171 0x00000000, /* nop */
1172 0x00000000, /* nop */
1173 0x00000000 /* nop */
1176 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1177 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1179 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1180 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1183 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1186 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1188 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1189 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1192 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1195 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1197 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1200 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1202 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1203 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1204 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1207 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1209 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1210 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1212 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1215 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1216 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1218 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1219 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1222 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1224 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1225 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1227 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1231 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1233 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1234 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1236 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1239 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1241 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1242 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1243 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1245 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1246 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1248 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1251 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1253 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1255 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1256 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1257 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1261 /* Set local fields. */
1262 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1263 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1264 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1267 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1268 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1269 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1270 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1271 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1272 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1273 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1274 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1275 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1276 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1277 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1278 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1279 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1282 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1285 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1288 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1290 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1295 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1297 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1299 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1300 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1302 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1305 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1308 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1311 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1312 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1315 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1316 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1319 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1322 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1323 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1325 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1326 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1329 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1330 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1333 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1334 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1336 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1338 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1339 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1340 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1343 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1344 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1345 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1346 goto error_return; \
1347 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1348 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1349 goto error_return; \
1352 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1353 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1354 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1355 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1356 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1357 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1359 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1360 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1361 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1371 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1373 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1375 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1376 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1377 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1378 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1379 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1380 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1381 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1383 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1385 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1387 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->ssext
);
1389 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1391 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1392 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1393 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1398 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1401 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1403 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1404 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1405 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1406 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1407 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1408 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1410 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1411 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1416 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1419 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1420 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1421 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1423 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1424 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1426 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1428 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1429 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1433 bfd_size_type count
;
1434 unsigned long sindex
;
1438 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1446 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1448 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1449 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1452 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1454 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1458 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1461 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1462 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1466 size
= sizeof (char *);
1467 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1471 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1472 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1473 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1480 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1481 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1484 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1487 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1488 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1490 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1491 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1492 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1493 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1494 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1495 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1496 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1497 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1498 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1499 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1501 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1502 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1506 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1507 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1508 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1511 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1515 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1518 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1520 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1521 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1522 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1523 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1525 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1526 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1527 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1529 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1531 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1533 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1535 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1536 matters, but someday it might). */
1537 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1566 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1567 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1570 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1572 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1575 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1576 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1584 /* Create a new symbol. */
1585 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1587 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1588 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1594 /* Make it a local function. */
1595 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1596 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1598 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1600 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1604 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1605 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1609 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1613 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1614 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1620 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1621 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1622 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1623 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1624 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1626 /* Create a new symbol. */
1627 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1629 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1630 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1636 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1637 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1638 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1639 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1640 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1641 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1645 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1646 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1649 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1653 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1654 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1655 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1656 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1657 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1660 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1661 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1662 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1664 static unsigned long
1665 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1666 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1667 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1668 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1670 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1673 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1674 one in a compound relocation. */
1675 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1676 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1677 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1679 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1680 the traditional behavior. */
1681 if (relocs
< relend
)
1682 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1687 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1691 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1694 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1695 objects try to call them. */
1696 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1697 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1699 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1700 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1703 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1704 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1706 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1707 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1708 being included in the link. */
1709 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1710 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1711 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1712 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1716 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1717 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1719 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1720 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1721 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1722 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1723 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1724 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1725 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1726 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1729 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1730 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1732 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1733 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1734 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1735 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1736 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1737 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1743 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1746 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1748 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1750 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1751 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1752 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1756 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1758 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1760 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1761 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1762 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1763 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1764 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1765 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1768 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1769 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1773 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1774 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1777 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1779 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1783 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1784 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1785 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1786 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1792 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1793 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1794 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1795 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1796 entry points are of interest here. */
1799 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1801 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1802 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1803 && h
->root
.def_regular
1804 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1805 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1806 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1807 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1808 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1809 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1812 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1813 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1816 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1819 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1821 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1822 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1827 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1828 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1832 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1833 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1834 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1837 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1838 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1842 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1845 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1849 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1850 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1853 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1855 /* Create the section. */
1856 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1857 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1858 input_section
->output_section
);
1862 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1863 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1864 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1867 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1869 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1870 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1871 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1872 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1874 /* Allocate room for it. */
1879 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1880 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1881 the function symbol to it. */
1884 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1885 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1887 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1890 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1894 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1895 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1898 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1899 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1900 input_section
->output_section
);
1901 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1903 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1906 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1907 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1908 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1909 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1911 /* Allocate room for it. */
1916 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1917 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1920 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1924 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1925 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1930 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1931 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1935 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1936 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1940 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1944 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1947 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1948 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1952 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1953 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1959 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1960 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1961 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1962 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1964 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1966 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1967 return (use_trampoline_p
1968 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1969 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1973 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1976 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1978 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1980 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1981 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1982 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1984 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1986 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1987 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1988 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1991 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1992 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1993 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1994 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1996 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1998 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1999 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2001 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2010 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2011 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2014 The format of these instructions is:
2016 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2018 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 +-----------------------------------------------+
2022 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2023 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2025 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2026 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2027 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2028 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2029 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2030 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2031 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2032 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2033 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2034 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2037 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2038 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2039 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2040 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2041 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2042 value as two 16-bit values.
2044 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +----------+------+-------------+
2059 +----------+--------------------+
2060 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2061 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2063 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2064 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2065 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2066 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2067 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2069 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2070 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2071 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2074 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2075 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2076 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2077 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2078 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2080 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2083 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2084 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2086 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2091 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2092 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2093 little-endian system.
2095 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2096 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2097 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2099 static inline bfd_boolean
2100 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2105 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2114 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2125 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2127 static inline bfd_boolean
2128 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2130 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2133 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2134 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2135 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2140 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2141 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2142 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2145 static inline bfd_boolean
2146 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2148 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2149 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2150 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2153 static inline bfd_boolean
2154 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2156 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2157 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2158 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2161 static inline bfd_boolean
2162 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2164 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2194 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2195 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2196 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2197 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2200 static inline bfd_boolean
2201 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2203 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2204 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2205 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2206 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2209 static inline bfd_boolean
2210 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2212 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2219 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2220 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2223 static inline bfd_boolean
2224 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2226 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2227 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2228 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2229 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2231 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2232 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2233 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2236 static inline bfd_boolean
2237 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2239 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2240 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2246 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2247 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2248 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2249 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2250 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2253 static inline bfd_boolean
2254 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2256 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2257 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2260 static inline bfd_boolean
2261 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2263 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2264 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2265 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2266 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2269 static inline bfd_boolean
2270 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2272 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2273 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2274 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2277 static inline bfd_boolean
2278 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2280 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2281 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2282 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2285 static inline bfd_boolean
2286 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2288 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2289 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2290 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2294 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2295 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2297 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2299 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2302 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2303 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2304 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2305 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2306 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2307 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2308 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2309 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2311 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2312 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2313 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2317 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2318 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2320 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2322 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2325 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2326 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2328 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2331 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2333 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2334 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2338 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2339 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2340 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2342 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2343 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2346 bfd_reloc_status_type
2347 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2348 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2349 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2353 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2355 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2358 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2360 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2361 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2363 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2364 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2366 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2367 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2369 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2371 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2372 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2373 an external symbol. */
2375 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2376 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2378 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2380 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2382 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2383 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2387 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2390 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2392 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2395 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2396 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2397 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2402 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2404 asection
*input_section
;
2408 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2410 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2412 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2413 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2414 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2416 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2417 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2418 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2419 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2421 bfd_reloc_status_type
2422 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2423 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2424 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2425 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2427 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2429 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2430 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2432 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2434 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2436 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2438 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2439 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2442 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2443 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2445 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2448 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2449 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2450 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2452 bfd_reloc_status_type
2453 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2454 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2455 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2457 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2458 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2459 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2460 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2461 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2462 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2465 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2466 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2469 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2470 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2471 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2473 bfd_reloc_status_type
2474 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2475 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2476 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2479 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2481 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2482 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2484 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2486 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2487 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2490 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2492 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2493 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2495 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2497 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2498 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2499 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2500 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2501 has a rightshift of 0. */
2502 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2503 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2504 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2505 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2506 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2507 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2509 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2510 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2511 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2513 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2514 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2516 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2519 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2523 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2524 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2528 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2529 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2530 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2532 bfd_reloc_status_type
2533 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2534 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2535 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2536 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2539 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2540 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2542 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2544 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2547 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2549 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2551 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2552 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2553 offset or address. */
2554 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2555 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2560 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2561 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2562 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2563 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2565 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2566 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2567 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2571 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2572 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2573 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2574 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2575 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2576 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2579 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2581 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2582 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2584 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2585 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2587 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2589 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2592 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2597 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2599 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2602 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2603 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2606 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2609 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2610 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2614 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2615 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2622 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2623 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2634 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2635 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2639 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2640 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2641 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2642 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2648 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2649 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2650 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2653 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2656 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2657 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2658 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2659 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2660 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2661 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2665 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2666 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2668 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2669 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2670 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2671 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2676 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2677 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2678 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2679 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2680 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2683 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2684 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2686 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2687 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2688 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2689 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2690 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2691 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2692 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2696 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2697 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2700 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2705 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2708 /* Swap in an options header. */
2711 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2712 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2714 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2715 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2716 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2717 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2720 /* Swap out an options header. */
2723 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2724 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2726 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2727 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2728 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2729 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2732 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2735 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2736 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2737 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2739 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2740 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2741 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2742 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2743 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2744 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2745 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2746 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2747 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2748 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2749 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2752 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2755 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2756 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2757 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2759 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2760 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2761 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2762 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2763 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2764 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2765 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2766 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2767 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2768 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2769 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2772 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2773 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2776 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2778 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2779 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2782 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2783 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2785 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2789 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2791 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2796 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2799 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2800 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2803 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2804 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2806 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2807 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2808 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2809 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2811 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2813 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2816 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2818 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2827 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2828 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2829 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2830 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2831 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2832 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2833 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2834 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2835 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2836 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2837 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2838 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2839 when generating a final executable. */
2842 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2844 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2846 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2848 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2850 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2851 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2852 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2853 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2854 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2856 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2857 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2858 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2859 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2860 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2868 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2871 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2872 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2873 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2874 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2878 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2879 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2883 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2885 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2886 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2887 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2889 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2890 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2891 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2893 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2898 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2900 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2904 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2909 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2910 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2916 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2917 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2919 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2920 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2921 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2925 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2927 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2930 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2931 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2933 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2934 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2937 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2938 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2940 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2950 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2953 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2954 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2955 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2956 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2958 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2959 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2960 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2963 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2976 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2977 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2979 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2981 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2982 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2983 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2984 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2985 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2990 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2991 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2992 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2993 + sec
->output_offset
2994 + output_section
->vma
);
2996 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3001 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3002 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3005 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3012 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3015 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3017 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3018 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3020 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3023 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3025 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3028 static INLINE hashval_t
3029 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3032 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3039 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3041 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3043 return (entry
->symndx
3044 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3045 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3046 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3047 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3048 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3049 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3053 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3055 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3056 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3058 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3059 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3060 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3061 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3062 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3063 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3064 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3068 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3072 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3073 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3074 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3075 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3076 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3080 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3082 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3084 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3085 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3086 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3087 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3088 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3089 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3090 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3094 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3096 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3098 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3099 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3103 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3105 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3107 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3108 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3109 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3112 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3114 static struct mips_got_info
*
3115 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3119 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3123 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3124 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3125 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3128 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3129 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3130 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3136 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3137 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3139 static struct mips_got_info
*
3140 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3142 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3144 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3147 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3148 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3149 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3153 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3156 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3158 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3160 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3161 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3164 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3165 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3166 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3167 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3168 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3174 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3175 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3176 if creation fails. */
3179 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3185 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3186 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3187 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3188 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3190 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3195 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3198 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3199 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3205 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3208 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3210 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3213 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3222 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3225 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3242 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3243 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3247 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3251 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3252 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3254 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3255 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3258 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3260 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3261 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3270 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3276 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3283 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3287 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3288 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3289 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3291 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3293 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3294 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3296 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3298 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3299 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3301 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3304 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3307 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3309 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3314 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3316 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3318 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3319 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3321 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3323 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3324 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3326 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3335 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3338 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3339 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3345 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3346 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3347 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3349 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3353 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3358 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3360 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3362 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3363 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3364 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3367 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3370 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3372 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3373 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3376 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3377 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3378 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3379 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3380 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3382 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3383 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3384 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3386 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3389 /* General Dynamic. */
3390 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3394 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3395 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3396 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3397 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3411 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3418 /* Initial Exec model. */
3422 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3423 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3425 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3426 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3428 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3429 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3430 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3431 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3434 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3435 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3439 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3440 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3441 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3442 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3443 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3445 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3446 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3447 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3449 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3450 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3451 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3452 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3459 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3462 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3463 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3464 will be negative. */
3467 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3470 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3471 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3473 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3474 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3476 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3479 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3480 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3481 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3482 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3483 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3485 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3486 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3488 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3490 return got_address
- got_value
;
3493 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3494 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3495 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3496 offset can be found. */
3499 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3500 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3504 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3506 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3509 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3510 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3514 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3515 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3516 return entry
->gotidx
;
3519 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3522 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3523 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3526 long global_got_dynindx
;
3527 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3533 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3534 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3535 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3537 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3538 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3539 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3541 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3542 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3543 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3544 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3545 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3550 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3551 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3554 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3558 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3559 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3563 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3565 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3568 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3569 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3570 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3574 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3575 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3578 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3579 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3581 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3583 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3585 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3586 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3587 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3588 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3589 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3590 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3592 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3597 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3598 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3599 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3600 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3601 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3604 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3605 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3607 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3608 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3610 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3611 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3612 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3617 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3620 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3625 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3626 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3627 symbol that binds locally. */
3630 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3631 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3633 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3635 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3636 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3637 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3638 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3640 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3642 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3643 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3644 same in all cases. */
3645 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3646 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3648 return entry
->gotidx
;
3653 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3657 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3658 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3667 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3668 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3669 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3671 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3674 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3675 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3676 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3679 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3680 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3681 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3682 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3686 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3688 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3692 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3693 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3695 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3698 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3702 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3704 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3706 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3707 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3710 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3713 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3717 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3718 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3729 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3730 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3737 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3738 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3746 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3748 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3750 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3755 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3759 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3760 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3761 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3762 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3763 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3765 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3770 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3772 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3773 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3775 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3778 bfd_vma got_address
;
3780 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3781 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3782 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3785 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3786 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3787 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3788 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3795 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3796 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3797 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3798 the current linking stage. */
3800 static bfd_size_type
3801 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3803 bfd_size_type count
;
3806 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3807 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3810 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3812 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3813 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3814 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3815 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3816 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3822 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3823 appear towards the end. */
3826 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3828 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3829 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3830 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3832 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3843 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3844 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3845 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3846 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3847 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3848 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3849 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3852 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3853 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3854 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3855 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3856 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3857 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3858 == g
->global_gotno
);
3860 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3861 table index in the GOT. */
3862 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3867 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3868 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3872 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3874 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3876 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3878 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3881 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3884 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3888 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3889 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3892 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3893 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3894 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3895 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3902 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3903 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3904 hash table directly). */
3907 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3908 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3910 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3911 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3912 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3913 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3915 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3916 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3918 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3922 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3923 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3926 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3930 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3931 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3936 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3937 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3941 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3950 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3951 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3952 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3955 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3956 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3957 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3959 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3961 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3962 unsigned char tls_type
;
3964 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3965 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3967 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3969 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3971 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3973 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3975 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3979 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3982 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3986 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3987 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3988 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3992 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3993 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3994 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3997 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3998 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4001 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4002 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4004 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4005 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4006 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4008 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4009 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4012 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4015 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4016 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4017 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4018 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4021 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4022 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4026 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4027 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4028 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4030 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4031 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4032 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4033 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4035 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4038 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4039 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4044 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4048 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4049 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4051 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4052 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4056 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4059 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4067 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4068 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4072 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4082 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4085 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4091 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4092 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4094 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4095 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4097 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4098 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4103 /* Make room for a null element. */
4104 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4107 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4111 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4112 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4113 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4114 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4117 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4119 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4120 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4122 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4123 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4124 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4129 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4130 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4136 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4140 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4141 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4142 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4143 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4146 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4148 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4149 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4152 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4153 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4154 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4155 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4156 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4157 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4166 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4167 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4169 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4170 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4173 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4181 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4183 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4192 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4197 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4200 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4202 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4205 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4208 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4209 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4211 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4212 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4213 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4214 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4217 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4219 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4223 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4224 seen the section. */
4225 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4228 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4236 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4238 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4239 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4240 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4242 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4243 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4244 a new singleton range. */
4246 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4248 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4252 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4253 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4254 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4262 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4263 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4265 /* Update the ranges. */
4266 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4267 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4268 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4270 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4272 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4273 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4274 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4277 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4280 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4281 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4282 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4284 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4285 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4291 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4292 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4293 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4294 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4297 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4299 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4300 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4305 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4306 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4309 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4313 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4315 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4318 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4320 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4321 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4322 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4325 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4326 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4330 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4332 /* Read in the symbol. */
4333 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4341 /* Get the associated input section. */
4342 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4349 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4350 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4351 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4352 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4353 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4357 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4358 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4359 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4360 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4362 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4363 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4366 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4368 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4376 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4377 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4378 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4379 that they require. */
4382 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4383 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4385 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4386 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4393 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4397 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4398 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4399 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4400 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4403 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4407 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4410 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4411 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4412 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4417 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4422 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4426 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4429 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4430 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4431 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4432 symbols later if appropriate. */
4433 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4436 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4437 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4438 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4439 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4440 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4443 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4444 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4445 the local rather than global GOT. */
4446 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4452 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4453 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4454 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4455 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4456 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4459 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4461 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4462 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4463 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4465 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4466 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4468 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4470 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4471 local or global GOT. */
4472 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4473 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4474 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4475 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4476 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4477 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4478 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4479 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4480 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4481 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4482 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4483 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4484 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4486 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4493 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4494 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4497 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4499 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4500 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4503 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4504 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4505 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4514 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4519 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4520 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4523 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4525 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4529 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4530 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4531 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4540 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4545 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4546 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4547 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4548 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4552 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4553 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4554 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4556 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4557 unsigned int estimate
;
4559 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4560 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4561 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4562 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4564 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4566 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4567 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4569 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4570 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4571 conservatively as well. */
4572 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4573 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4575 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4577 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4578 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4581 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4582 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4584 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4588 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4592 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4596 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4597 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4598 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4599 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4600 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4601 and then make make the new got current. */
4604 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4605 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4607 unsigned int estimate
;
4610 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4613 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4614 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4615 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4616 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4617 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4619 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4620 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4621 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4622 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4623 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4625 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4627 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4628 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4635 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4636 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4641 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4644 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4649 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4650 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4651 overflows anyway. */
4652 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4658 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4659 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4660 an index in a different GOT. */
4663 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4665 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4667 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4668 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4670 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4672 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4676 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4677 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4680 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4684 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4685 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4686 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4689 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4691 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4692 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4694 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4695 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4696 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4699 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4700 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4706 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4707 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4711 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4712 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4713 symbol to DATA->value. */
4716 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4718 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4719 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4721 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4722 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4723 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4724 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4725 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4726 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4730 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4731 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4732 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4733 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4736 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4738 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4739 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4741 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4742 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4743 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4744 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4745 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4747 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4752 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4754 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4755 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4756 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4757 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4758 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4764 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4765 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4766 lazy-binding stubs. */
4769 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4771 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4773 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4775 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4776 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4777 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4778 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4780 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4781 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4782 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4784 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4785 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4791 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4794 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4799 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4803 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4807 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4808 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4811 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4812 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4815 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4816 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4818 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4819 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4820 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4821 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4822 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4825 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4826 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4827 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4831 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4832 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4833 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4835 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4836 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4837 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4838 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4839 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4840 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4842 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4844 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4845 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4846 to be the primary GOT. */
4847 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4849 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4850 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4854 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4855 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4856 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4858 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4859 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4861 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4865 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4866 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4867 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4868 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4870 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4872 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4873 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4874 those that are actually referenced. */
4875 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4876 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4879 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4880 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4881 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4882 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4884 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4885 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4886 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4887 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4888 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4889 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4890 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4891 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4892 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4893 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4894 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4895 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4896 points back to the master GOT. */
4897 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4898 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4905 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4907 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4908 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4909 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4910 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4911 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4912 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4914 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4915 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4916 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4921 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4922 all non-TLS entries. */
4923 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4925 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4926 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4931 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4934 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4935 lazy-binding stubs. */
4937 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4941 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4944 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4946 unsigned int save_assign
;
4948 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4949 relocations they need. */
4950 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4951 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4953 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4955 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4958 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4959 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4961 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4963 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4964 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4965 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4966 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4967 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4969 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4971 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4974 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4981 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4982 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4984 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4985 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4986 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4987 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4989 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4991 while (relocation
< relend
)
4993 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4994 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5000 /* We didn't find it. */
5004 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5007 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5008 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5009 asection
**local_sections
)
5011 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5012 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5015 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5016 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5017 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5019 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5021 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5027 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5030 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5032 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5033 /* VALUE is negative. */
5034 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5039 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5040 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5044 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5046 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5048 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5049 /* The value is too big. */
5051 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5052 /* The value is too small. */
5059 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5062 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5064 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5067 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5070 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5073 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5080 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5083 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5086 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5093 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5096 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5097 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5100 register asection
*s
;
5102 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5104 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5107 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5109 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5110 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5113 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5119 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5122 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5125 register asection
*s
;
5126 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5127 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5128 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5130 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5131 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5133 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5134 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5137 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5138 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5140 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5141 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5142 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5144 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5146 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5148 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5149 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5150 are not creating a global offset table. */
5152 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5153 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5154 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5160 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5161 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5162 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5164 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5165 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5168 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5169 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5170 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5172 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5173 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5174 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5177 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5180 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5185 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5186 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5187 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5190 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5192 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5193 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5194 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5195 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5198 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5199 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5200 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5204 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5205 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5207 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5208 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5209 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5210 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5211 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5212 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5219 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5220 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5221 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5222 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5223 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5225 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5229 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5236 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5237 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5238 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5240 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5241 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5242 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5244 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5245 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5246 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5247 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5249 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5250 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5251 asection
*input_section
,
5252 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5253 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5254 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5255 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5256 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5258 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5259 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5261 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5263 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5266 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5267 shared object file being produced. */
5269 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5272 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5274 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5275 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5276 during execution. */
5277 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5278 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5280 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5282 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5284 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5285 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5287 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5288 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5289 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5291 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5292 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5295 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5297 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5298 relocation value. */
5299 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5300 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5301 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5302 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5306 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5308 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5310 /* Parse the relocation. */
5311 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5312 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5313 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5314 + input_section
->output_offset
5315 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5317 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5318 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5320 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5321 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5322 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5323 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5325 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5326 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5327 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5330 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5331 must come before globals. */
5335 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5338 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5341 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5342 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5344 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5346 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5347 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5348 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5349 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5351 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5353 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5356 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5357 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5360 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5361 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5362 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5364 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5365 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5367 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5368 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5369 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5371 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5372 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5374 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5375 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5376 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5378 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5379 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5381 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5384 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5385 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5390 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5392 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5393 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5394 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5395 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5396 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5397 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5398 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5400 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5401 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5403 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5404 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5405 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5406 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5408 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5409 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5410 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5411 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5415 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5416 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5417 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5418 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5421 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5422 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5423 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5425 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5426 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5427 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5429 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5430 if (sec
->output_section
)
5431 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5432 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5433 + sec
->output_offset
);
5435 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5437 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5438 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5439 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5440 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5443 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5444 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5446 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5447 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5449 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5450 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5451 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5452 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5453 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5455 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5456 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5459 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5461 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5462 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5463 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5464 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5465 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5466 which is available from here:
5467 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5472 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5473 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5474 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5475 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5476 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5477 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5480 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5481 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5484 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5485 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5487 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5489 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5490 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5492 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5493 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5494 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5496 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5497 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5499 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5500 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5501 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5503 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5504 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5508 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5513 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5516 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5517 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5518 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5519 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5528 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5529 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5532 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5533 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5534 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5535 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5536 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5537 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5539 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5540 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5541 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5544 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5547 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5548 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5550 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5555 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5557 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5559 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5566 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5569 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5572 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5573 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5575 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5577 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5578 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5579 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5581 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5582 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5583 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5584 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5587 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5588 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5589 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5590 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5592 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5593 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5594 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5597 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5598 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5600 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5602 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5603 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5604 + sec
->output_offset
5605 + htab
->plt_header_size
5606 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5607 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5610 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5611 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5614 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5615 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5616 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5619 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5620 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5623 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5624 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5625 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5626 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5627 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5629 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5630 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5631 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5632 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5633 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5634 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5635 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5636 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5637 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5638 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5640 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5642 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5643 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5645 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5650 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5651 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5652 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5653 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5655 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5656 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5660 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5661 to need it, get it now. */
5664 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5665 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5668 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5669 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5670 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5671 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5672 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5673 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5674 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5675 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5676 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5677 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5678 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5679 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5681 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5682 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5683 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5684 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5685 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5689 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5690 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5692 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5693 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5695 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5699 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5700 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5701 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5702 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5703 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5704 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5706 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5707 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5708 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5712 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5713 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5715 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5716 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5717 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5718 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5721 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5722 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5723 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5727 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5728 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5730 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5733 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5734 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5738 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5739 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5740 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5742 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5746 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5747 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5749 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5750 + input_section
->output_offset
5751 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5752 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5753 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5754 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5756 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5757 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5759 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5760 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5763 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5766 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5770 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5773 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5774 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5775 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5776 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5782 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5783 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5785 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5786 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5787 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5788 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5790 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5791 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5792 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5794 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5795 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5796 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5797 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5798 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5799 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5801 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5809 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5813 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5814 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5818 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5822 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5823 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5827 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5828 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5829 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5830 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5831 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5833 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5837 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5838 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5840 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5841 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5846 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5847 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5849 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5850 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5851 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5852 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5853 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5856 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5857 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5858 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5862 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5863 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5864 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5865 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5869 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5870 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5871 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5872 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5873 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5874 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5877 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5878 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5879 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5880 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5886 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5888 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5889 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5894 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5897 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5898 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5902 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5903 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5904 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5908 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5909 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5910 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5911 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5912 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5913 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5914 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5915 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5916 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5917 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5918 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5920 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5926 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5927 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5929 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5932 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5933 for this conditional. */
5934 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5935 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5936 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5937 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5938 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5940 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5941 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5942 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5943 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5944 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5947 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5948 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5951 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5952 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5953 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5954 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5955 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5956 not check for overflow here. */
5960 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5961 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5962 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5963 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5964 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5969 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5970 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5971 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5972 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5973 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5974 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5975 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5976 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5977 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5978 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5979 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5980 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5981 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5982 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5983 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5984 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5985 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5986 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5990 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5991 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5994 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5995 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5998 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5999 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6000 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6001 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6002 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6004 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6005 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6006 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6007 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6009 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6010 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6017 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6018 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6019 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6020 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6021 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6022 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6023 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6024 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6025 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6026 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6028 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6031 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6032 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6034 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6038 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6039 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6040 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6042 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6043 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6044 will never trigger for them. */
6045 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6046 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6047 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6048 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6050 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6051 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6052 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6053 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6054 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6057 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6058 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6059 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6061 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6062 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6063 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6064 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6065 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6067 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6068 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6069 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6070 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6071 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6074 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6075 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6076 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6078 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6079 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6081 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6082 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6083 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6084 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6085 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6088 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6089 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6090 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6092 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6093 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6095 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6096 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6097 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6098 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6099 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6102 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6103 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6104 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6106 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6107 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6109 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6110 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6111 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6112 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6113 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6116 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6117 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6118 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6120 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6121 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6123 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6124 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6125 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6126 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6127 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6131 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6132 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6133 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6134 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6138 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6139 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6140 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6141 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6144 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6145 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6146 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6148 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6149 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6150 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6151 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6154 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6155 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6156 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6157 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6158 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6161 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6162 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6163 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6165 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6166 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6167 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6168 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6169 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6171 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6172 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6173 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6174 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6175 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6178 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6179 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6180 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6182 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6183 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6184 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6185 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6186 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6188 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6189 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6190 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6191 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6192 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6196 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6197 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6198 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6199 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6200 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6201 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6202 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6205 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6206 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6207 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6208 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6209 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6210 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6211 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6213 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6214 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6217 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6218 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6219 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6220 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6221 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6224 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6225 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6226 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6227 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6228 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6229 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6230 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6233 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6234 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6236 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6239 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6243 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6244 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6245 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6249 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6250 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6251 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6254 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6255 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6256 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6257 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6260 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6261 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6262 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6263 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6267 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6268 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6269 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6270 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6271 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6272 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6273 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6277 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6278 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6279 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6280 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6283 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6284 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6287 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6289 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6292 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6295 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6296 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6297 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6300 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6301 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6303 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6305 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6310 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6311 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6312 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6314 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6315 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6317 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6320 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6321 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6322 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6323 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6324 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6325 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6329 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6332 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6333 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6335 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6337 /* Obtain the current value. */
6338 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6340 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6341 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6343 /* Set the field. */
6344 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6346 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6347 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6349 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6351 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6352 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6355 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6356 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6357 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6361 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6364 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6365 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6367 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6368 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6370 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6373 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6375 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6380 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6384 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6385 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6388 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6389 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6390 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6391 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6395 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6396 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6398 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6400 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6401 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6402 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6406 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6408 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6412 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6414 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6419 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) || !ok
)
6421 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6422 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6423 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6427 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6428 + input_section
->output_offset
6429 + relocation
->r_offset
6431 dest
= addr
+ (((value
& 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6433 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6435 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6436 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6437 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6438 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6442 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6443 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6446 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6448 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6449 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6450 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6451 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6452 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6453 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6454 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6455 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6456 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6457 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6458 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6464 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6465 + input_section
->output_offset
6466 + relocation
->r_offset
6468 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6469 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6473 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6475 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6476 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6478 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6482 /* Put the value into the output. */
6483 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6485 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6487 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6493 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6494 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6495 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6496 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6499 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6500 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6501 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6503 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6504 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6506 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6511 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6512 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6514 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6515 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6517 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6518 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6519 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6520 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6521 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6522 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6525 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6526 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6527 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6529 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6530 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6531 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6532 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6535 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6536 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6539 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6541 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6542 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6543 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6548 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6549 in the relocation. */
6550 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6552 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6553 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6554 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6555 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6557 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6558 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6559 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6560 undefined symbols. */
6565 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6567 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6569 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6574 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6577 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6578 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6584 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6585 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6586 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6587 local symbols because we used to generate them
6588 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6589 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6590 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6591 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6592 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6593 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6595 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6596 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6597 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6598 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6599 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6604 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6605 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6606 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6607 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6608 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6611 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6612 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6613 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6615 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6616 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6617 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6620 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6621 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6622 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6623 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6624 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6625 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6626 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6627 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6628 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6629 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6630 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6631 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6632 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6633 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6636 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6638 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6639 correct location in the output file. */
6640 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6641 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6642 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6643 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6644 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6645 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6647 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6648 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6649 relocation format is non-standard. */
6650 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6652 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6653 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6655 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6657 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6659 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6660 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6661 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6662 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6664 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6667 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6668 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6669 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6671 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6672 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6674 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6675 will be writing to it. */
6676 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6679 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6680 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6682 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6687 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6689 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6690 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6691 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6692 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6693 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6694 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6696 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6697 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6698 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6700 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6701 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6702 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6703 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6704 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6705 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6706 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6710 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6711 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6713 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6714 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6719 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6722 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6724 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6726 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6727 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6729 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6730 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6732 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6733 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6735 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6736 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6738 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6739 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6741 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6742 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6744 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6745 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6747 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6748 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6750 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6751 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6753 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6754 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6756 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6757 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6759 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6760 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6762 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6763 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6765 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6766 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6768 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6769 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6771 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6772 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6774 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6775 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6777 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6778 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6781 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6785 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6788 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6791 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6794 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6797 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6799 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6800 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6802 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6803 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6805 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6806 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6808 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6809 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6811 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6812 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6814 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6815 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6822 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6824 static INLINE
char *
6825 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6829 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6830 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6833 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6835 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6839 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6841 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6843 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6845 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6848 return "unknown abi";
6852 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6853 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6854 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6855 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6856 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6857 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6858 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6859 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6861 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6862 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6863 definition in a shared library. */
6864 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6865 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6866 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6868 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6871 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6873 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6875 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6876 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6877 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6879 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6880 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6881 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6882 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6883 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6884 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6885 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6887 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6888 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6889 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6890 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6891 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6892 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6893 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6894 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6895 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6896 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6898 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6902 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6903 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6904 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6905 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6906 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6909 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6910 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6912 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6913 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6914 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6915 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6916 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6917 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6918 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6919 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6920 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6921 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6923 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6924 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6927 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6928 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6933 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6935 if (section
!= NULL
)
6937 asym
->section
= section
;
6938 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6939 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6940 base address to make it an offset. */
6941 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6948 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6950 if (section
!= NULL
)
6952 asym
->section
= section
;
6953 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6954 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6955 base address to make it an offset. */
6956 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6962 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6963 or microMIPS one. */
6964 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6965 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6968 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6969 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6970 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6972 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6973 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6977 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6978 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6980 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6981 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6982 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6983 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6984 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6986 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6987 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6988 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6989 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6991 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6992 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6993 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6994 We therefore take the following approach:
6996 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6997 determine the pointer size.
6999 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7000 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7004 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7005 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7006 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7007 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7008 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7010 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7011 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7015 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
7017 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7019 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7021 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7023 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7024 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7025 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7032 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7033 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7034 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7043 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7044 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7045 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7047 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7048 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7051 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7052 will jump there rather than to .text.
7054 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7055 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7058 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7060 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7063 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7064 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7065 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7069 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7071 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7072 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7076 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7077 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7080 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7083 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7084 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7088 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7089 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7090 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7091 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7093 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7095 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7096 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7097 so that we don't have to read them again.
7098 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7099 through the section contents to see if there is an
7100 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7102 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7104 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7105 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7107 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7109 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7111 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7114 /* xgettext:c-format */
7115 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7116 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7119 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7126 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7127 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7130 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7131 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7134 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7141 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7142 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7145 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7146 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7153 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7155 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7157 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7158 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7159 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7160 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7161 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7162 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7163 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7164 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7165 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7166 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7167 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7168 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7169 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7170 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7172 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7174 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7176 unsigned int adjust
;
7178 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7180 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7188 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7189 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7190 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7192 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7196 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7197 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7203 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7204 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7205 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7206 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7207 probably get away with this. */
7208 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7210 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7211 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7215 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7218 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7219 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7222 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7223 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7226 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7227 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7230 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7231 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7233 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7235 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7236 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7237 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7239 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7241 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7242 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7245 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7246 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7249 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7250 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7253 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7254 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7256 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7258 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7259 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7260 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7263 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7264 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7267 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7268 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7269 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7276 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7281 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7282 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7288 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7290 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7292 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7293 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7295 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7296 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7297 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7299 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7302 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7304 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7305 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7306 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7307 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7308 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7310 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7313 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7314 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7317 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7320 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7321 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7322 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7323 they should agree. */
7324 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7326 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7328 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7329 if (contents
== NULL
)
7331 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7338 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7339 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7341 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7343 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7345 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7348 /* xgettext:c-format */
7349 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7350 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7353 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7355 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7357 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7359 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7360 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7362 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7364 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7366 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7368 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7370 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7371 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7373 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7383 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7384 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7385 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7388 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7390 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7392 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7394 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7395 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7396 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7398 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7399 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7400 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7402 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7403 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7404 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7406 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7407 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7408 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7410 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7411 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7412 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7413 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7414 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7416 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7418 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7420 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7421 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7422 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7423 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7425 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7426 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7428 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7431 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7433 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7434 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7435 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7436 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7438 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7439 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7441 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7442 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7445 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7446 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7447 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7448 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7449 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7450 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7451 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7452 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7454 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7455 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7457 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7459 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7460 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7461 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7463 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7465 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7466 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7467 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7469 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7471 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7472 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7474 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7475 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7477 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7479 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7480 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7481 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7482 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7483 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7485 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7487 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7488 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7489 final_write_processing. */
7491 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7492 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7494 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7495 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7496 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7498 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7500 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7501 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7502 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7505 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7506 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7507 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7508 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7509 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7514 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7515 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7516 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7517 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7518 the .scommon section. */
7521 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7522 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7524 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7526 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7529 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7531 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7537 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7538 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7541 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7542 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7543 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7544 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7546 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7547 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7548 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7550 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7555 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7556 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7557 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7558 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7559 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7560 is not done for them. */
7562 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7563 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7569 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7572 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7573 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7574 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7575 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7576 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7579 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7580 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7581 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7582 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7586 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7587 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7589 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7590 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7591 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7593 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7594 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7597 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7598 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7599 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7602 /* Initialize the section. */
7604 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7605 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7607 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7608 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7610 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7611 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7612 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7613 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7614 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7615 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7616 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7618 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7619 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7620 so I took it out. */
7621 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7624 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7625 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7627 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7628 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7630 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7631 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7632 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7634 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7635 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7638 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7639 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7640 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7643 /* Initialize the section. */
7645 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7646 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7648 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7649 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7651 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7652 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7653 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7654 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7655 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7656 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7657 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7659 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7660 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7661 so I took it out. */
7662 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7665 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7666 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7670 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7671 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7672 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7673 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7676 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7678 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7680 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7681 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7682 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7685 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7688 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7690 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7693 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7694 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7697 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7698 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7699 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7700 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7706 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7707 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7708 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7711 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7712 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7713 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7714 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7716 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7717 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7718 common in the output file. */
7719 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7720 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7721 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7723 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7724 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7729 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7731 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7734 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7736 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7737 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7739 register asection
*s
;
7740 const char * const *namep
;
7741 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7743 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7744 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7746 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7747 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7749 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7751 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7753 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7756 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7761 /* We need to create .got section. */
7762 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7765 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7768 /* Create .stub section. */
7769 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7770 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7773 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7774 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7778 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7779 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7780 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7782 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7783 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7785 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7786 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7790 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7791 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7792 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7793 the linker takes such action. */
7794 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7796 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7799 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7800 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7801 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7804 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7807 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7809 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7813 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7814 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7816 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7820 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7821 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7823 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7825 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7827 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7829 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7831 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7834 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7836 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7838 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7840 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7843 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7847 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7849 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7850 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7851 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7854 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7857 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7859 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7862 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7864 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7865 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7866 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7867 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7868 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7869 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7871 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7873 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7874 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7875 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7878 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7881 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7883 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7885 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7889 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7890 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7891 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7894 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7895 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7896 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7902 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7903 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7904 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7907 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7908 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7909 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7911 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7914 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7915 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7916 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7917 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7919 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7920 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7921 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7924 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7925 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7926 of the section that REL is against. */
7929 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7930 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7933 unsigned int r_type
;
7937 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7938 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7940 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7941 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7942 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7943 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7945 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7947 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7949 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7955 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7956 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7957 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7958 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7959 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7962 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7963 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7964 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7965 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7967 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7968 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7969 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7972 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7973 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7974 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7975 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7976 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7977 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7978 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7980 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7982 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7983 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7984 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7987 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7989 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7990 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7991 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7992 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7993 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7994 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7996 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7997 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7998 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7999 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8000 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8003 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8004 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8005 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8007 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8008 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8015 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8016 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8017 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8020 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8025 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8026 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8028 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8032 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8035 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8037 static struct plt_entry
*
8038 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8040 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8042 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8046 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8047 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8048 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8049 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8053 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8054 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8055 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8058 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8059 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8064 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8066 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8067 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8069 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8070 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8073 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8075 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8078 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8079 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8081 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8082 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8083 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8084 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8086 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8087 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8089 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8091 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8092 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8094 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8096 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8099 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8103 /* xgettext:c-format */
8104 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8105 " stub section `%s'"),
8107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8111 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8112 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8116 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8117 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8118 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8119 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8121 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8122 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8124 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8125 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8126 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8127 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8131 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8133 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8136 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8137 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8138 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8139 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8142 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8151 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8152 not need it. Since this function is called before
8153 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8154 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8156 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8160 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8162 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8164 unsigned long symcount
;
8168 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8169 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8171 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8172 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8173 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8176 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8179 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8180 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8182 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8183 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8184 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8185 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8189 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8191 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8192 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8194 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8195 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8196 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8198 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8200 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8201 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8202 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8203 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8204 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8205 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8207 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8211 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8213 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8216 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8218 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8222 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8225 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8229 /* xgettext:c-format */
8230 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8231 " stub section `%s'"),
8233 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8237 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8238 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8242 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8243 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8244 that refers to this symbol. */
8245 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8247 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8248 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8250 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8251 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8252 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8253 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8257 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8259 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8262 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8263 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8264 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8265 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8268 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8277 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8278 not need it. Since this function is called before
8279 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8280 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8282 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8286 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8288 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8290 unsigned long symcount
;
8294 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8295 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8297 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8298 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8299 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8302 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8305 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8306 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8308 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8309 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8310 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8311 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8315 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8316 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8318 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8320 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8321 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8323 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8325 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8326 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8327 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8328 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8329 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8332 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8336 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8338 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8344 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8346 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8347 unsigned int r_type
;
8348 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8349 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8350 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8351 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8353 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8354 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8356 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8358 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8361 /* xgettext:c-format */
8362 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8364 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8369 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8372 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8373 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8374 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8376 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8378 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8382 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8383 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8384 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8386 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8387 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8388 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8390 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8391 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8392 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8393 .debug* should have no effect. */
8394 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8399 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8400 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8401 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8402 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8403 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8404 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8405 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8409 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8410 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8411 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8412 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8413 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8414 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8416 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8417 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8418 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8419 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8420 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8421 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8422 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8424 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8425 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8426 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8427 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8428 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8429 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8431 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8432 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8434 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8437 /* xgettext:c-format */
8438 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8439 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8440 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8443 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8448 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8449 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8450 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8451 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8454 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8455 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8456 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8457 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8458 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8459 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8460 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8461 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8462 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8463 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8469 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8470 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8471 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8473 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8474 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8475 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8476 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8477 against a read-only section. */
8478 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8480 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8481 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8482 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8483 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8484 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8485 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8487 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8489 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8495 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8496 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8498 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8499 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8500 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8501 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8502 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8503 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8504 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8510 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8512 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8513 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8516 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8518 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8519 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8520 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8521 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8522 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8523 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8526 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8527 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8528 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8529 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8533 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8537 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8538 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8539 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8540 relocations against the text segment. */
8541 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8544 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8545 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8546 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8547 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8549 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8550 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8551 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8552 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8553 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8554 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8555 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8556 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8557 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8558 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8563 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8564 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8565 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8570 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8571 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8575 /* xgettext:c-format */
8576 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8577 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8583 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8584 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8585 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8586 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8589 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8590 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8591 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8592 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8596 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8597 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8598 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8604 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8605 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8606 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8608 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8609 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8613 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8615 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8616 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8617 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8619 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8621 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8623 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8624 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8626 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8627 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8630 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8633 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8634 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8640 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8641 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8643 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8644 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8645 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8646 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8650 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8651 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8654 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8655 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8656 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8661 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8662 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8663 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8664 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8665 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8668 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8669 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8670 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8671 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8673 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8679 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8680 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8681 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8682 for TLS GD relocations. */
8685 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8691 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8701 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8702 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8703 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8704 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8708 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8712 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8714 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8715 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8716 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8717 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8718 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8719 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8720 relocations against the text segment. */
8721 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8725 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8727 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8728 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8729 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8730 it will be left as zero.
8732 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8733 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8735 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8736 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8738 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8739 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8740 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8741 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8742 are relocations against the text segment. */
8743 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8747 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8748 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8749 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8753 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8754 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8755 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8756 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8757 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8758 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8759 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8760 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8761 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8762 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8765 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8766 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8767 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8768 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8772 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8773 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8774 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8775 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8777 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8785 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8786 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8787 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8788 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8789 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8790 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8793 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8794 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8795 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8796 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8798 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8799 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8800 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8803 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8804 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8806 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8809 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8810 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8811 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8812 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8814 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8815 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8817 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8819 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8820 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8823 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8824 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8825 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8826 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8827 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8828 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8835 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8836 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8837 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8838 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8839 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8840 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8841 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8844 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8845 and has a special meaning. */
8846 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8847 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8850 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8851 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8858 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8859 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8861 /* xgettext:c-format */
8862 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8864 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8865 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8877 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8878 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8881 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8882 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8883 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8884 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8886 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8887 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8888 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8890 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8893 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8896 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8897 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8898 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8901 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8902 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8903 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8904 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8906 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8909 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8910 unsigned int r_type
;
8911 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8913 unsigned long instruction
;
8915 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8916 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8917 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8918 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8919 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8922 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8923 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8924 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8927 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8928 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8930 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8931 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8932 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8934 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8936 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8937 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8938 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8939 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8940 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8943 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8944 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8945 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8946 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8947 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8949 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8953 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8955 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8956 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8958 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8959 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8960 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8961 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8963 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8967 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8968 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8970 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8971 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8972 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8973 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8976 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8977 symval
= isym
->st_value
8978 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8979 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8982 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8984 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8985 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8987 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8988 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8993 /* Check that it's in range. */
8994 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8997 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8998 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
9001 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9003 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9004 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9005 instruction
= 0x04110000;
9006 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9007 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9008 instruction
= 0x10000000;
9012 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
9013 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9014 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
9017 if (contents
!= NULL
9018 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9020 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
9024 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9025 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9031 if (contents
!= NULL
9032 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9037 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9040 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9042 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9044 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9047 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9048 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9050 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9051 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9053 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9054 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9055 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9058 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9059 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9060 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9063 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9064 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9065 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9066 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9067 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9068 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9069 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9070 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9072 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9074 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9076 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9077 non-default visibility. */
9078 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9081 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9083 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9085 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9092 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9093 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9094 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9095 relocations against it.
9097 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9098 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9100 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9102 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9103 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9104 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9107 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9108 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9109 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9110 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9111 against the text segment. */
9112 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9119 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9120 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9121 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9122 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9126 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9134 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9135 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9137 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9138 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9140 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9141 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9143 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9146 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9148 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9150 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9151 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9152 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9153 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9154 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9156 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9157 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9158 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9160 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9163 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9164 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9165 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9166 executable and the shared library. */
9167 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9169 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9170 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9174 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9175 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9177 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9178 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9179 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9180 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9181 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9182 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9183 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9184 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9185 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9186 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9187 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9188 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9189 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9191 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9192 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9194 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9195 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9196 for PLT offset calculations. */
9197 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9199 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9200 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9202 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9203 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9204 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9205 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9206 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9207 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9210 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9211 for the same reason as above. */
9212 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9213 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9216 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9218 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9220 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9221 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9223 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9224 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9225 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9226 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9228 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9229 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9230 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9231 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9232 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9233 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9234 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9236 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9237 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9238 else if (!micromips_p
)
9240 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9241 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9242 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9243 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9245 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9247 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9248 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9249 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9250 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9254 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9255 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9256 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9257 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9261 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9262 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9263 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9266 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9267 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9269 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9270 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9271 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9272 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9277 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9279 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9280 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9283 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9284 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9285 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9286 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9287 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9288 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9289 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9292 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9294 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9297 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9299 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9300 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9302 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9304 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9305 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9308 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9309 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9311 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9312 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9313 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9314 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9316 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9317 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9318 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9319 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9321 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9322 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9323 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9325 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9326 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9327 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9332 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9333 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9334 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9335 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9337 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9338 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9339 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9340 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9344 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9345 in regular objects. */
9349 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9350 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9351 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9354 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9355 some that we can't convert. */
9356 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9358 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9359 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9360 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9365 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9366 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9367 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9368 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9369 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9370 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9371 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9372 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9373 same memory location for the variable. */
9375 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9377 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9378 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9382 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9383 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9385 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9387 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9388 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9390 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9394 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9395 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9396 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9398 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9401 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9402 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9403 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9406 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9410 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9411 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9413 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9414 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9416 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9417 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9419 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9421 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9422 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9424 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9427 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9429 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9430 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9437 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9440 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9444 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9445 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9446 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9448 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9451 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9452 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9454 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9458 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9461 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9462 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9463 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9464 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9465 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9467 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9468 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9469 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9471 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9472 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9473 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9475 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9478 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9479 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9481 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9483 asection
*subsection
;
9485 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9487 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9489 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9491 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9492 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9496 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9497 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9498 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9499 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9502 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9503 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9504 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9506 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9508 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9509 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9511 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9512 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9514 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9515 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9516 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9518 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9519 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9521 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9523 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9528 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9529 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9530 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9531 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9532 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9533 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9535 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9536 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9539 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9540 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9543 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9544 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9546 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9547 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9548 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9550 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9552 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9558 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9561 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9564 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9566 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9567 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9569 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9572 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9573 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9574 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9576 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9577 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9578 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9580 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9581 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9583 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9584 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9585 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9586 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9587 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9588 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9589 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9590 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9591 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9592 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9593 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9594 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9595 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9597 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9598 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9599 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9601 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9604 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9605 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9606 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9609 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9611 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9612 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9617 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9618 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9619 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9621 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9623 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9624 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9625 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9627 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9628 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9629 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9630 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9635 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9636 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9637 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9638 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9639 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9644 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9645 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9648 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9650 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9651 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9652 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9653 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9655 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9656 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9659 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9660 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9662 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9665 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9667 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9669 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9672 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9673 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9674 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9676 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9677 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9678 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9681 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9688 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9689 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9690 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9691 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9694 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9696 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9697 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9703 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9704 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9706 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9708 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9709 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9710 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9712 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9713 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9716 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9722 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9723 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9726 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9727 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9729 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9732 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9733 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9734 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9740 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9743 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9744 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9747 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9748 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9751 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9752 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9753 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9754 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9756 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9758 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9759 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9761 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9762 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9764 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9766 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9769 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9770 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9771 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9772 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9773 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9774 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9776 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9777 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9779 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9780 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9781 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9783 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9784 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9785 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9786 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9787 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9790 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9791 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9792 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9794 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9795 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9796 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9797 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9798 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9799 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9800 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9801 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9802 else if (!micromips_p
)
9803 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9804 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9805 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9807 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9809 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9810 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9811 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9812 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9813 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9814 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9815 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9817 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9819 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9821 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9822 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9823 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9828 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9829 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9835 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9836 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9838 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9840 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9843 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9845 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9846 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9849 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9853 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9854 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9855 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9857 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9860 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9864 const char *outname
;
9867 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9868 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9869 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9870 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9871 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9873 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9875 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9877 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9878 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9879 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9882 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9883 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9884 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9887 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9888 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9889 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9890 will move them around between input sections'
9891 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9892 broken, so don't let it run. */
9893 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9896 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9897 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9898 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9900 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9901 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9902 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9904 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9905 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9906 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9907 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9909 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9910 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9911 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9912 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9913 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9916 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9917 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9918 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9919 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9920 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9921 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9923 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9929 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9933 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9936 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9937 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9938 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9940 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9945 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9947 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9948 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9949 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9950 the .dynamic section. */
9952 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9953 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9954 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9955 may only look at the first one they see. */
9956 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9957 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9960 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9961 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9964 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9965 used by the debugger. */
9966 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9967 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9968 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9971 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9972 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9974 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9976 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9979 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9980 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9981 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9982 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9983 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9986 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9989 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9990 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9992 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9993 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9994 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9996 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9999 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10002 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10008 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10010 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10013 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10016 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10020 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10023 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10026 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10029 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10032 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10035 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10038 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10041 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10042 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10045 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10046 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10047 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10048 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10051 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10053 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10056 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10059 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10062 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10065 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10066 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10073 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10074 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10075 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10076 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10079 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10080 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10081 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10083 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10084 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10087 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10089 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10090 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10091 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10092 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10094 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10095 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10098 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10099 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10101 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10102 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10104 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10105 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10108 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10109 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10110 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10114 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10115 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10116 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10117 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10118 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10119 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10120 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10121 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10122 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10123 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10124 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10126 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10127 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10128 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10131 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10132 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10133 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10134 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10135 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10136 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10137 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10138 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10141 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10142 unsigned int r_type
;
10145 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10147 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10148 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10150 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10156 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10157 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10158 howto
, i
, contents
);
10163 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10166 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10167 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10168 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10169 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10170 asection
**local_sections
)
10172 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10173 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10174 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10175 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10176 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10178 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10179 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10180 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10184 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10185 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10186 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10188 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10189 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10191 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10194 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10195 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10197 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10198 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10200 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10201 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10203 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10204 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10205 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10207 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10212 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10215 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10216 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10217 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10218 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10219 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10220 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10223 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10224 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10225 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10228 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10230 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10231 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10232 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10236 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10238 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10239 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10240 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10241 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10242 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10243 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10244 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10246 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10248 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10249 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10252 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10254 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10255 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10256 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10257 RELA relocation. */
10258 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10261 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10262 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10264 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10265 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10266 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10269 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10270 contents
, &addend
))
10273 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10275 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10276 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10279 /* xgettext:c-format */
10280 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10281 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10286 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10289 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10290 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10291 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10294 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10296 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10297 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10298 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10300 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10302 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10303 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10304 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10305 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10306 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10307 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10308 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10310 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10312 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10313 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10314 source of the addend in the final link. */
10315 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10317 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10318 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10319 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10320 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10321 but for endianness. */
10327 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10329 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10336 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10337 do two separate stores. */
10338 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10340 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10342 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10343 high_bits
= addend
;
10348 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10350 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10351 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10352 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10353 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10357 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10358 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10363 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10367 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10368 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10369 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10371 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10372 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10373 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10374 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10376 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10378 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10379 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10380 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10381 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10382 local_sections
, &value
,
10383 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10384 use_saved_addend_p
))
10386 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10387 /* There's nothing to do. */
10390 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10391 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10392 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10393 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10394 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10397 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10398 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10399 info
->callbacks
->warning
10400 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10403 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10404 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10405 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10406 a given location. */
10410 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10412 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10413 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10414 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10415 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10416 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10417 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10419 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10420 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10422 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10423 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10425 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10426 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10427 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10434 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10436 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10437 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10438 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10439 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10440 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10441 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10442 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10443 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10444 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10445 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10446 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10447 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10448 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10449 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10452 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10453 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10456 /* Fall through. */
10463 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10464 until we reach the last one. */
10465 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10471 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10472 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10473 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10474 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10475 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10476 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10477 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10478 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10484 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10486 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10493 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10494 do two separate stores. */
10495 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10497 /* Undo what we did above. */
10498 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10499 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10501 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10507 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10509 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10510 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10511 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10512 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10516 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10517 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10518 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10519 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10526 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10527 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10530 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10532 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10533 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10534 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10537 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10539 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10540 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10541 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10542 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10544 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10545 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10549 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10558 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10559 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10561 /* Work out the target address. */
10562 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10563 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10565 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10566 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10568 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10570 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10571 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10572 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10574 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10576 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10577 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10579 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10580 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10585 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10586 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10591 /* This is trampoline. */
10593 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10595 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10596 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10597 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10598 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10599 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10600 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10601 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10605 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10606 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10607 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10608 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10614 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10615 adjust it appropriately now. */
10618 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10619 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10621 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10622 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10623 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10626 "__dso_displacement",
10628 "__program_header_table",
10632 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10640 const char* const *p
;
10643 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10644 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10647 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10649 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10651 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10652 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10654 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10656 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10658 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10664 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10665 dynamic sections here. */
10668 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10669 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10670 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10675 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10678 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10679 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10681 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10682 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10683 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10684 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10686 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10688 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10689 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10690 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10692 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10694 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10695 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10699 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10701 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10702 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10703 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10704 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10705 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10707 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10708 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10709 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10710 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10712 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10713 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10714 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10715 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10717 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10718 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10720 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10721 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10722 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10723 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10725 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10727 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10728 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10729 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10731 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10732 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10734 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10736 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10738 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10739 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10741 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10742 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10744 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10746 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10747 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10749 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10750 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10754 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10756 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10757 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10767 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10768 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10770 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10772 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10773 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10775 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10777 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10778 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10780 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10781 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10783 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10785 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10786 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10787 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10788 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10789 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10790 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10791 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10793 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10795 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10797 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10803 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10804 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10808 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10809 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10810 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10812 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10814 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10815 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10816 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10818 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10819 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10822 /* xgettext:c-format */
10823 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10824 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10826 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10827 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
,
10828 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10829 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10832 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10833 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10834 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10835 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10836 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10837 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10838 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10842 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10843 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10844 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10845 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10847 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10848 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10849 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10850 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10851 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10852 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10853 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10861 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10863 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10864 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10865 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10866 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10867 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10868 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10869 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10872 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10873 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10874 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10876 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10878 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10880 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10882 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10884 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10885 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10887 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10890 /* Fill the stub. */
10894 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10899 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10900 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10905 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10908 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10910 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10912 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10913 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10919 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10925 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10929 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10930 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10931 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10932 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10933 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10935 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10936 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10937 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10940 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10941 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10948 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10950 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10952 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10961 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10962 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10963 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10966 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10967 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10970 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10974 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10975 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10978 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10979 only for the referenced symbol. */
10980 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10982 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10983 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10984 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10985 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10986 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10987 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10989 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10992 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10993 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10995 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10997 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10998 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10999 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11000 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11001 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11005 || h
->forced_local
);
11007 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11008 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11009 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11011 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11012 the symbols that need them. */
11013 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11018 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11019 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11020 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11023 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11025 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11031 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11034 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11036 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11039 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11042 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11043 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11044 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11045 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11047 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11048 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11050 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11051 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11052 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11053 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11054 appropriate addend. */
11055 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11057 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11058 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11059 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11061 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11062 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11065 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11066 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11067 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11071 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11072 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11077 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11078 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11079 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11080 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11081 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11082 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11083 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11085 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11086 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11089 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
11091 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11092 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11093 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
11095 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11097 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11098 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11100 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11101 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11103 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11105 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11107 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11108 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11109 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11110 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11112 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11114 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11115 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11116 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11117 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11121 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11127 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11128 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11130 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11131 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11132 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11133 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11134 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11135 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11138 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11139 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11140 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11142 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11143 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11144 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11146 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11147 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11149 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11151 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11152 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11158 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11161 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11162 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11163 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11164 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11168 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11169 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11170 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11172 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11173 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11174 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11175 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11177 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11180 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11181 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11182 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11183 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11184 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11186 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11187 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11189 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11190 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11191 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11192 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11194 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11195 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11196 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11199 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11200 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11201 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11202 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11204 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11205 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11206 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11208 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11209 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11210 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11212 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11214 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11215 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11217 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11218 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11220 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11222 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11228 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11230 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11231 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11232 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11243 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11244 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11246 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11247 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11248 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11249 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11250 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11252 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11253 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11254 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11255 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11256 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11257 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11259 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11260 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11262 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11263 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11266 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11267 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11268 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11269 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11270 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11272 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11274 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11275 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11278 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11280 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11281 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11282 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11284 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11285 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11288 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11292 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11293 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11294 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11296 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11297 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11298 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11299 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11300 + sgot
->output_offset
11302 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11303 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11304 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11307 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11310 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11314 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11316 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11317 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11318 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11319 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11321 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
11322 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11324 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11325 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11326 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11327 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11330 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11331 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11332 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11337 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11340 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11343 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11344 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11347 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11348 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11350 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11351 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11352 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11353 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11354 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11355 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11356 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11357 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11359 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11361 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11362 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11363 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11364 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11365 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11367 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11368 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11369 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11370 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11372 /* Install the PLT header. */
11373 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11374 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11376 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11377 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11380 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11382 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11383 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11384 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11386 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11387 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11390 /* xgettext:c-format */
11391 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11393 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11394 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
,
11395 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11396 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11399 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11400 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11401 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11402 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11403 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11405 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11410 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11412 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11413 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11414 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11415 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11416 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11422 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11423 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11424 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11425 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11426 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11427 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11433 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11434 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11437 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11439 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11441 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11442 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11443 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11445 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11446 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11448 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11450 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11451 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11452 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11453 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11455 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11456 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11458 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11459 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11460 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11462 /* Install the PLT header. */
11463 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11468 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11469 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11471 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11472 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11473 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11474 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11476 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11477 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11479 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11480 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11481 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11482 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11483 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11484 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11486 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11487 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11488 in which symbols were output. */
11489 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11491 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11493 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11494 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11496 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11498 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11499 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11500 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11501 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11504 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11506 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11510 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11513 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11516 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11518 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11519 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11521 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11522 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11523 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11524 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11527 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11530 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11536 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11537 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11539 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11540 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11542 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11544 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11546 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11547 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11549 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11552 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11554 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11555 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11557 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11558 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11560 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11561 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11562 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11564 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11568 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11570 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11571 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11573 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11579 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11583 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11584 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11588 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11590 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11594 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11595 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11598 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11599 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11600 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11603 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11604 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11607 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11608 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11611 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11615 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11619 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11621 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11624 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11626 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11629 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11630 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11631 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11632 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11635 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11636 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11639 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11640 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11641 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11642 referenced within the same object. */
11643 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11646 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11647 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11649 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11652 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11653 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11654 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11655 /* Fall through. */
11657 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11659 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11660 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11663 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11665 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11668 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11669 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11672 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11675 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11678 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11679 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11682 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11684 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11686 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11687 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11691 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11693 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11694 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11695 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11698 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11699 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11702 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11704 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11705 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11706 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11707 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11708 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11709 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11710 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11714 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11715 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11716 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11717 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11721 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11722 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11723 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11725 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11729 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11730 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11734 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11735 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11736 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11740 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11741 the dynamic tag. */
11742 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11744 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11745 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11750 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11751 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11752 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11753 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11755 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11759 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11760 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11761 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11766 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11767 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11768 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11772 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11777 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11778 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11779 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11782 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11783 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11785 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11787 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11788 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11789 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11790 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11791 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11792 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11793 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11795 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11796 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11797 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11799 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11803 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11804 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11805 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11806 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11807 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11808 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11811 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11812 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11815 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11816 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11818 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11819 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11821 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11822 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11824 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11826 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11827 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11829 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11830 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11831 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11833 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11835 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11838 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11840 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11841 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11844 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11845 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11846 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11847 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11848 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11849 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11851 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11856 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11857 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11860 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11863 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11865 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11867 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11868 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11869 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11871 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11874 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11875 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11877 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11883 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11884 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11885 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11886 are trailing null entries. */
11887 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11888 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11889 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11890 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11891 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11892 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11893 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11894 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11899 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11904 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11911 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11913 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11915 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11916 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11920 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11922 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11923 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11926 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11927 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11930 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11931 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11933 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11935 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11936 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11937 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11938 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11943 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11944 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11945 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11946 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11947 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11949 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11951 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11953 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11955 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11956 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11957 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11958 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11960 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11961 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11962 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11967 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11969 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11971 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11972 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11974 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11978 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11979 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11987 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11990 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11994 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11997 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11998 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12001 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12002 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12005 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12006 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12009 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12010 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12011 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12012 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12013 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12016 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12017 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12020 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12021 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12024 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12025 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12028 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12029 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12032 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12033 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12036 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12037 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12040 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12041 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12044 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12045 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12048 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12049 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12052 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12053 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12054 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12055 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12056 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12057 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12058 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12059 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12062 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12063 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12066 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12067 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12070 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12071 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12074 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12075 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12078 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
12079 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
12082 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12083 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12084 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12087 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12088 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12091 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12092 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12095 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12096 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12099 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12100 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12103 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12104 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12107 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12108 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12109 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12110 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12113 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12114 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12115 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12116 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12119 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12120 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12123 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12124 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12127 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12128 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12133 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12134 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12135 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12136 relocs to be sorted. */
12139 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12141 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12145 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12146 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12147 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12150 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12151 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12154 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12158 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12159 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12160 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12161 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12162 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12164 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12165 info for each special section. */
12166 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12167 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12170 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12172 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12173 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12174 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12176 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12179 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12180 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12181 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12182 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12183 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12184 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12185 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12186 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12189 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12190 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12191 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12192 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12193 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12194 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12195 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12196 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12197 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12200 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12201 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12203 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12204 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12206 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12209 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12210 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12211 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12212 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12213 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12214 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12215 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12218 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12219 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12221 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12223 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12224 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12231 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12235 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12236 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12241 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12242 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12243 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12246 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12247 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12250 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12251 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12252 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12253 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12256 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12257 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12258 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12259 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12262 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12263 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12264 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12265 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12271 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12274 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12275 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12278 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12281 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12283 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12284 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12286 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12287 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12292 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12296 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12298 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12300 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12301 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12303 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12304 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12312 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12314 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12315 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12317 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12318 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12323 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12327 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12329 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12331 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12332 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12334 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12335 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12343 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12344 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12345 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12347 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12348 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12349 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12350 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12352 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12354 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12355 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12360 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12362 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12364 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12365 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12368 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12370 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12371 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12372 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12373 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12374 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12375 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12376 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12377 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12378 *pm
= options_segment
;
12384 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12386 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12387 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12388 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12389 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12390 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12392 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12393 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12398 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12402 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12404 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12409 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12414 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12417 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12418 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12419 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12429 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12430 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12432 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12434 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12437 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12438 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12439 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12440 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12441 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12442 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12443 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12444 PT_LOAD segment. */
12445 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12448 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12450 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12452 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12456 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12458 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12460 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12462 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12463 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12470 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12471 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12476 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12477 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12479 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12482 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12483 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12490 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12492 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12494 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12496 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12505 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12506 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12508 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12509 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12510 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12511 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12512 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12514 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12515 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12516 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12517 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12518 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12521 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12522 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12524 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12525 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12527 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12528 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12532 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12536 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12544 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12548 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12549 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12550 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12551 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12552 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12554 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12557 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12559 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12560 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12564 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12567 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12570 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12571 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12572 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12573 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12578 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12579 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12580 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12581 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12583 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12586 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12587 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12588 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12590 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12591 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12592 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12594 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12595 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12597 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12598 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12599 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12600 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12601 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12602 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12603 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12604 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12605 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12606 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12607 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12608 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12609 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12613 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12614 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12615 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12616 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12627 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12630 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12631 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12635 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12637 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12641 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12644 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12646 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12647 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12649 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12657 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12658 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12659 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12660 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12663 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12667 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12669 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12671 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12672 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12673 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12674 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12675 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12676 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12678 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12681 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12682 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12683 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12684 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12685 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12686 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12688 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12689 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12691 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12693 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12694 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12696 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12698 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12699 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12701 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12703 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12704 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12706 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12707 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12708 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12709 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12710 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12711 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12714 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12717 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12718 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12721 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12722 unsigned char *tdata
;
12725 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12730 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12732 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12733 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12736 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12740 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12741 info
->keep_memory
);
12748 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12749 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12751 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12753 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12762 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12763 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12764 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12765 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12771 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12772 free (cookie
->rels
);
12778 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12780 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12786 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12787 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12788 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12790 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12793 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12796 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12800 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12801 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12803 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12805 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12808 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12811 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12812 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12816 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12817 from output by default for clarity. */
12820 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12822 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12825 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12826 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12828 struct mips_elf_find_line
12830 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12831 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12835 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12836 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12837 const char **filename_ptr
,
12838 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12839 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12840 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12844 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12845 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12846 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12847 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12848 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12849 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12852 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12853 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12857 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12860 flagword origflags
;
12861 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12862 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12863 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12865 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12866 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12867 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12868 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12869 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12870 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12872 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12875 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12878 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12879 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12881 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12884 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12888 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12890 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12894 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12895 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12896 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12897 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12899 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12902 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12903 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12904 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12905 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12906 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12907 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12908 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12910 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12912 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12913 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12914 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12915 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12916 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12917 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12920 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12921 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12924 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12928 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12931 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12933 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12934 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12935 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12939 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12940 const char **filename_ptr
,
12941 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12942 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12945 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12946 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12947 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12952 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12953 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12954 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12957 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12958 const void *location
,
12959 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12961 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12965 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12967 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12968 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12969 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12972 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12975 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12978 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12981 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12984 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12988 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12989 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12992 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12994 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12995 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12997 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13000 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13001 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13002 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13005 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13006 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13009 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13012 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13013 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13016 /* read in the section */
13017 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13018 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13021 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13025 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13028 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13033 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13036 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13037 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13038 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13039 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13040 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13044 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13045 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13052 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13053 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13054 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13057 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13058 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13060 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13062 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13063 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13065 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13067 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13076 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13078 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13079 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13081 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13082 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13083 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13085 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13086 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13087 to the generic handling. */
13089 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13090 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13091 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13092 input_section
, relocatable
,
13095 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13097 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13102 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13104 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13105 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13109 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13113 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13114 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13115 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13116 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13118 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13119 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13120 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13121 (link_info
, error_message
,
13122 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13124 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13125 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13127 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13128 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13129 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13131 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13140 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13141 free (reloc_vector
);
13145 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13146 free (reloc_vector
);
13151 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13152 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13154 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13155 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13156 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13157 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13158 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13161 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13162 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13163 unsigned int symcount
;
13165 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13166 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13168 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13169 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13171 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13172 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13173 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13174 sec
->size
-= count
;
13176 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13177 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13179 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13180 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13181 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13184 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13185 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13187 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13188 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13189 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13190 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13191 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13192 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13194 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13195 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13196 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13197 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13198 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13200 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13202 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13204 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13205 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13206 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13208 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13210 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13211 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13213 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13221 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13222 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13224 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13225 unsigned long match
;
13226 unsigned long mask
;
13229 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13233 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13235 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13236 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13238 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13240 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13241 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13244 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13246 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13247 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13248 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13249 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13252 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13253 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13255 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13256 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13258 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13259 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13261 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13262 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13264 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13265 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13267 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13268 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13271 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13273 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13274 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13275 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13277 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13279 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13280 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13281 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13282 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13285 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13286 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13287 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13288 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13291 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13292 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13293 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13294 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13297 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13298 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13299 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13300 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13303 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13305 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13306 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13309 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13311 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13312 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13314 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13315 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13317 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13318 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13320 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13321 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13323 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13324 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13326 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13328 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13329 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13331 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13332 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13334 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13335 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13336 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13337 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13340 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13342 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13343 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13345 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13346 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13347 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13351 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13353 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13354 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13356 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13357 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13359 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13360 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13362 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13364 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13366 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13367 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13369 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13370 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13371 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13372 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13376 /* LUI instruction. */
13378 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13379 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13382 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13384 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13385 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13387 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13388 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13390 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13391 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13394 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13396 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13397 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13398 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13399 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13401 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13402 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13404 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13405 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13406 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13407 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13410 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13411 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13414 /* NOP instructions. */
13416 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13417 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13419 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13420 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13423 /* Instruction match support. */
13425 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13428 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13430 unsigned long indx
;
13432 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13433 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13440 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13442 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13443 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13444 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13445 the second half of another instruction. */
13448 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13450 unsigned long opcode
;
13453 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13454 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13455 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13457 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13458 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13459 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13462 /* No delay slot. */
13468 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13469 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13470 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13471 the second half of another instruction. */
13474 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13476 unsigned long opcode
;
13479 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13480 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13481 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13483 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13484 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13487 /* No delay slot. */
13493 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13494 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13497 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13499 unsigned long opcode
;
13501 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13502 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13504 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13506 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13507 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13508 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13510 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13516 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13517 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13520 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13522 unsigned long opcode
;
13524 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13525 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13527 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13528 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13529 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13531 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13532 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13533 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13534 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13535 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13536 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13537 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13538 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13544 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13545 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13546 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13549 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13550 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13551 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13553 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13554 unsigned long opcode
;
13556 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13557 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13560 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13561 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13562 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13568 /* Bitsize checking. */
13569 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13570 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13571 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13575 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13576 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13577 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13579 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13580 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13581 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13582 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13583 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13584 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13586 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13589 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13590 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13593 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13594 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13595 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13596 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13599 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13601 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13602 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13603 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13604 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13605 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13608 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13609 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13610 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13612 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13613 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13614 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13615 unsigned long opcode
;
13621 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13622 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13626 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13628 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13629 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13630 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13633 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13634 if (contents
== NULL
)
13636 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13637 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13638 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13639 /* Go get them off disk. */
13640 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13643 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13645 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13646 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13648 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13649 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13650 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13651 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13653 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13657 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13658 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13660 /* A local symbol. */
13661 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13664 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13665 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13666 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13667 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13668 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13669 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13670 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13672 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13673 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13674 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13675 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13676 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13680 unsigned long indx
;
13681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13683 /* An external symbol. */
13684 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13685 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13686 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13688 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13689 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13690 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13691 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13692 regular reloc processing. */
13695 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13696 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13697 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13698 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13699 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13703 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13704 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13705 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13706 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13707 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13708 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13709 the linker is run. */
13711 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13712 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13715 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13717 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13718 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13720 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13723 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13724 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13725 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13727 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13729 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13730 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13731 out the offset). */
13732 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13734 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13735 unsigned long nextopc
;
13739 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13741 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13742 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13743 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13746 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13747 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13748 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13749 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13752 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13753 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13754 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13755 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13758 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13759 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13760 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13761 it through if so. */
13762 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13763 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13764 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13765 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13766 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13767 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13769 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13771 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13774 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13776 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13777 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13778 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13779 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13780 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13781 switch (offset
- 4)
13786 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13790 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13797 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13799 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13801 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13804 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13805 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13806 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13808 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13809 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13811 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13812 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13814 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13815 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13816 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13817 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13818 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13819 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13822 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13823 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13824 the PC-relative distance. */
13825 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13826 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13827 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13828 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13829 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13831 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13832 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13834 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13835 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13836 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13838 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13839 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13842 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13846 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13847 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13849 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13854 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13855 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13856 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13857 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13858 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13859 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13860 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13861 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13863 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13864 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13865 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13866 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13868 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13872 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13874 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13875 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13876 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13877 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13879 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13881 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13882 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13886 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13887 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13889 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13890 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13891 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13893 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13894 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13896 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13899 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13902 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13907 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13908 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13910 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13911 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13912 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13913 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13914 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13915 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13919 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13921 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13922 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13924 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13926 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13927 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13928 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13931 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13936 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13938 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13939 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13940 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13941 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13943 unsigned long n32opc
;
13944 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13946 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13948 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13950 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13951 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13955 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13957 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13959 (move_insn_16
.match
13960 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13961 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13966 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13967 instructions will be handled here later. */
13971 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13972 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13973 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13975 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13983 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13984 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13985 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13986 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13988 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13989 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13990 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13993 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13994 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13999 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14000 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14002 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14006 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14007 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14011 if (contents
!= NULL
14012 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14014 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14018 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14019 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14023 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14024 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14025 free (internal_relocs
);
14030 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14031 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14033 if (contents
!= NULL
14034 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14036 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14037 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14038 free (internal_relocs
);
14043 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14045 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14046 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14048 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14049 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14051 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14055 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14056 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14057 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14063 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14064 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14066 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14069 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14071 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14072 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14074 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14076 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14079 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14081 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14082 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14083 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14088 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14089 and copy relocs. */
14092 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14094 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14097 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14098 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
14101 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14103 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
14106 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14108 struct mips_mach_extension
14110 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14114 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14115 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14117 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14119 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14120 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14121 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14122 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14123 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14124 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14126 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14127 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14128 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14129 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14131 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14132 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14134 /* R10000 extensions. */
14135 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14136 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14137 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14139 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14140 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14141 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14142 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14143 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14144 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14145 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14147 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14148 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14149 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14150 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14151 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14152 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14154 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14155 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14156 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14158 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14159 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14160 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14161 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14162 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14163 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14164 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14165 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14166 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14167 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14168 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14170 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14171 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14173 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14174 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14175 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14177 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14178 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14179 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14182 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14185 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14189 if (extension
== base
)
14192 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14193 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14196 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14197 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14200 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14201 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14203 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14204 if (extension
== base
)
14211 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14213 static unsigned long
14214 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14218 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14219 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14220 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14221 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14222 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14223 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14224 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14225 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14226 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14227 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14228 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14229 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14230 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14231 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14232 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14233 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14234 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14235 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14236 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14240 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14243 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14245 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14247 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14248 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14249 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14250 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14251 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14254 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14255 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14256 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14257 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14258 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14259 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14260 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14261 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14262 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14263 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14264 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14265 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14270 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14271 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14273 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14274 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14275 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14277 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14280 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14283 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14285 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14286 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14287 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14288 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14289 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14291 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14292 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14293 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14294 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14295 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14298 /* xgettext:c-format */
14299 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14300 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14303 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14305 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14306 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14309 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14310 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14311 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14312 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14315 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14318 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14320 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14321 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14322 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14323 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14324 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14325 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14326 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14327 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14330 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14333 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14335 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14337 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14338 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14340 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14341 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14343 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14345 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14347 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14348 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14350 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14351 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14352 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14353 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14354 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14355 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14356 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14357 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14358 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14360 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14362 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14363 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14364 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14365 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14366 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14367 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14369 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14370 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14371 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14372 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14373 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14374 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14377 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14378 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14379 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14382 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14385 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14386 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14387 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14388 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14389 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14390 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14391 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14392 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14393 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14394 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14399 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14401 static const char * const secname
[] =
14403 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14404 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14406 static const int sc
[] =
14408 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14409 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14412 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14414 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14417 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14420 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14422 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14424 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14428 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14429 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14431 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14433 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14434 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14435 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14436 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14437 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14438 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14439 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14440 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14441 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14442 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14443 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14444 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14446 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14448 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14450 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14451 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14453 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14456 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14457 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14461 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14462 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14463 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14467 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14469 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14470 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14472 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14473 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14474 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14476 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14478 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14479 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14480 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14481 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14483 asection
*input_section
;
14485 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14487 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14492 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14494 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14495 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14496 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14499 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14500 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14502 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14503 matters, but someday it might). */
14504 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14509 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14511 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14513 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14514 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14515 the information together. */
14516 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14518 asection
*input_section
;
14520 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14523 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14525 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14530 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14531 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14533 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14534 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14537 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14539 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14540 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14541 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14542 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14543 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14545 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14546 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14547 finally written out. */
14549 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14550 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14551 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14554 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14555 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14557 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14558 matters, but someday it might). */
14559 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14564 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14566 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14569 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14570 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14571 the information together. */
14572 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14573 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14574 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14575 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14576 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14577 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14578 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14579 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14580 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14581 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14582 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14583 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14584 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14586 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14588 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14589 debug_info structure. */
14591 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14592 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14593 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14594 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14595 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14597 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14598 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14599 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14600 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14602 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14603 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14607 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14611 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14612 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14613 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14614 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14616 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14618 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14619 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14622 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14623 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14626 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14627 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14628 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14632 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14634 asection
*input_section
;
14636 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14637 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14641 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14643 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14648 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14649 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14651 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14653 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14654 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14655 want to deal with it. */
14659 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14660 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14662 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14664 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14665 read in the debugging information and set up an
14666 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14667 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14671 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14672 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14673 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14676 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14677 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14678 the linker global hash table and save the information
14679 for the output external symbols. */
14680 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14681 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14682 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14683 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14685 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14686 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14692 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14693 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14694 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14695 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14698 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14699 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14700 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14701 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14706 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14707 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14708 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14714 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14715 free (input_debug
.line
);
14716 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14717 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14718 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14719 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14720 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14721 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14722 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14723 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14724 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14725 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14727 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14728 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14729 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14732 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14734 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14735 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14736 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14738 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14739 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14741 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14744 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14745 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14749 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14755 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14758 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14760 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14761 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14762 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14766 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14767 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14769 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14770 matters, but someday it might). */
14771 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14776 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14778 const char *subname
;
14781 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14784 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14785 information describing how the small data area would
14786 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14787 not used in executables files. */
14788 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14790 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14792 asection
*input_section
;
14794 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14796 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14801 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14803 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14804 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14805 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14808 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14809 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14810 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14812 /* Really remove the section. */
14813 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14814 --abfd
->section_count
;
14819 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14820 uninitialized data. */
14821 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14822 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14823 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14828 /* xgettext:c-format */
14829 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14830 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14831 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14835 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14836 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14837 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14838 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14839 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14840 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14841 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14843 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14844 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14846 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14847 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14848 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14851 /* Set up the first entry. */
14853 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14854 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14857 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14858 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14860 /* Combine the input sections. */
14861 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14863 asection
*input_section
;
14865 bfd_size_type size
;
14866 unsigned long last
;
14867 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14869 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14871 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14876 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14877 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14879 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14880 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14881 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14882 size
= input_section
->size
;
14884 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14886 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14888 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14889 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14895 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14896 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14897 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14903 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14905 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14906 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14909 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14911 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14912 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14914 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14920 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14923 /* We need a new table entry. */
14924 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14925 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14926 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14932 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14933 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14935 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14936 value, since that will be implied by this new
14939 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14941 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14943 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14944 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14948 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14949 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14954 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14957 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14958 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14959 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14962 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14964 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14966 /* Swap out the table. */
14967 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14968 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14969 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14975 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14976 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14979 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14980 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14982 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14983 matters, but someday it might). */
14984 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14988 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14989 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14992 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14994 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14996 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14997 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14999 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15001 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15002 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15004 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15005 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15007 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15008 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15012 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15014 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15016 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15017 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15021 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15023 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15024 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15026 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15029 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15032 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15034 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15035 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15036 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15040 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15042 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15043 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15044 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15048 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15050 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15051 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15053 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15054 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15055 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15063 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15064 if there are conflicting settings. */
15067 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15069 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15070 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15071 flagword old_flags
;
15072 flagword new_flags
;
15075 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15076 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15077 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15079 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15081 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15082 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15084 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15085 doesn't seem to matter. */
15086 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15087 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15089 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15090 just be able to ignore this. */
15091 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15092 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15094 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15095 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15096 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15098 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15103 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15104 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15107 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15112 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15113 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15114 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15115 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15117 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15118 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15120 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15121 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15124 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15128 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15130 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15131 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15133 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15134 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15135 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15136 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15137 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15138 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15139 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15141 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15142 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15144 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15145 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15146 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15147 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15148 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15149 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15153 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15155 /* xgettext:c-format */
15156 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15158 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15159 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15164 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15165 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15167 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15168 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15169 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15170 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15171 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15173 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15174 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15175 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15176 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15179 /* xgettext:c-format */
15180 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15182 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15183 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15186 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15187 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15190 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15191 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15192 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15194 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15195 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15196 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15197 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15198 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15199 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15201 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15204 /* xgettext:c-format */
15205 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15207 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15208 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15212 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15214 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15215 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15218 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15219 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15221 /* xgettext:c-format */
15222 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15224 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15225 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15226 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15227 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15229 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15230 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15233 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15234 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15236 /* xgettext:c-format */
15237 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15239 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15240 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15241 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15242 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15244 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15245 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15248 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15249 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15251 /* xgettext:c-format */
15253 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15255 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15256 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15263 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15264 there are conflicting attributes. */
15266 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15268 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15269 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15270 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15274 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15275 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15276 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15277 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15279 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15281 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15282 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15284 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15286 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15287 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15289 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15291 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15296 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15297 non-conflicting ones. */
15298 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15299 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15303 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15304 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15305 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15306 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15307 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15308 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15309 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15310 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15311 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15313 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15314 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15316 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15317 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15318 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15319 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15320 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15321 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15322 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15324 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15325 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15327 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15328 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15329 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15330 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15332 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15334 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15335 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15336 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15337 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15338 /* xgettext:c-format */
15340 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15341 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15342 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15343 else if (!out_string
)
15345 /* xgettext:c-format */
15346 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15347 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15348 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15349 else if (!in_string
)
15351 /* xgettext:c-format */
15352 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15353 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15354 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15357 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15358 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15359 really relevant to the error message. */
15360 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15361 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15362 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15363 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15365 /* xgettext:c-format */
15366 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15367 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15372 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15373 non-conflicting ones. */
15374 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15376 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15377 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15378 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15379 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15380 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15382 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15384 /* xgettext:c-format */
15385 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15386 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15387 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15388 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15392 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15394 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15396 /* xgettext:c-format */
15397 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15398 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15399 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15400 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15405 /* xgettext:c-format */
15406 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15407 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15408 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15409 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15410 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15416 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15417 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15420 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15421 there are conflicting settings. */
15424 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15426 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15427 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15428 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15430 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15431 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15433 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15434 /* Merge abiflags. */
15435 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15436 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15437 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15438 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15439 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15440 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15441 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15442 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15443 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15444 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15446 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15447 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15452 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15453 object file when linking. */
15456 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15458 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15459 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15460 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15461 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15465 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15466 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15469 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15474 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15477 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15478 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15480 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15483 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15488 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15489 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15490 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15491 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15493 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15494 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15495 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15496 not affect compatibility. */
15497 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15498 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15499 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15501 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15502 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15503 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15505 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15509 if (null_input_bfd
)
15512 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15513 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15515 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15516 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15517 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15519 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15521 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15522 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15524 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15525 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15527 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15528 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15529 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15530 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15532 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15533 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15535 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15536 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15537 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15538 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15540 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15541 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15542 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15544 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15545 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15546 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15548 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15549 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15551 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15552 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15553 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15555 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15556 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15557 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15561 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15562 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15565 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15567 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15568 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15569 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15572 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15574 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15575 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15576 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15577 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15579 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15580 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15581 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15582 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15584 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15585 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15588 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15589 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15595 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15597 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15599 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15610 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15613 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15615 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15616 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15618 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15619 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15624 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15628 default: return "";
15629 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15630 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15631 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15632 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15633 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15634 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15635 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15636 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15637 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15638 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15639 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15640 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15642 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15643 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15644 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15645 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15646 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15647 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15648 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15649 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15650 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15651 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15652 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15653 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15654 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15655 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15656 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15657 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15658 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15659 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15660 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15661 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15662 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15663 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15664 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15665 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15666 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15667 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15668 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15669 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15670 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15671 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15672 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15673 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15674 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15675 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15676 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15677 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15678 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15679 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15680 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15681 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15682 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15683 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15684 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15685 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15686 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15687 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15688 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15689 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15690 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15691 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15692 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15693 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15694 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15695 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15696 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15697 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15698 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15699 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15700 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15701 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15702 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15703 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15704 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15705 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15706 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15707 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15708 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15709 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15710 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15711 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15712 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15713 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15714 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15715 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15716 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15717 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15718 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15719 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15720 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15724 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15728 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15732 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15734 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15735 return "-mdouble-float";
15737 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15738 return "-msingle-float";
15740 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15741 return "-msoft-float";
15743 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15744 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15746 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15749 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15750 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15752 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15753 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15761 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15763 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15764 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15765 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15766 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15767 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15768 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15769 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15770 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15771 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15772 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15773 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15774 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15775 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15776 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15777 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15778 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15779 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15780 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15781 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15782 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15783 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15784 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15785 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15786 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15787 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15788 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15789 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15790 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15792 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15793 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15794 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15798 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15803 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15806 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15808 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15809 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15811 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15812 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15814 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15815 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15817 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15818 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15820 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15821 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15824 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15827 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15830 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15833 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15836 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15838 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15839 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15842 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15845 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15848 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15851 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15854 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15856 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15857 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15859 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15860 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15863 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15869 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15873 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15874 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15876 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15877 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15879 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15880 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15882 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15883 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15885 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15886 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15888 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15889 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15891 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15892 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15894 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15895 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15898 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15904 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15906 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15907 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15908 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15909 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15914 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15918 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15920 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15921 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15923 /* xgettext:c-format */
15924 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15926 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15927 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15928 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15929 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15930 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15931 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15932 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15933 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15934 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15935 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15936 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15937 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15938 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15939 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15941 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15943 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15944 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15945 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15946 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15947 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15948 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15949 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15950 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15951 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15952 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15953 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15954 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15955 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15956 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15957 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15958 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15959 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15960 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15961 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15962 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15963 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15964 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15966 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15968 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15969 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15971 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15972 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15974 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15975 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15977 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15978 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15980 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15981 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15983 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15984 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15986 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15988 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15989 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15991 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15992 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15994 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15995 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15997 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15998 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16000 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16001 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16003 fputc ('\n', file
);
16005 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16007 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16008 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16009 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16010 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16011 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16012 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16013 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16014 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16015 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16016 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16017 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16018 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16019 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16020 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16021 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16022 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16023 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16024 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16025 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16026 fputc ('\n', file
);
16032 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16036 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16037 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16039 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16040 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16043 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16044 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16045 definiton of the symbol. */
16047 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16048 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16049 bfd_boolean definition
,
16050 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16052 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16054 unsigned char other
;
16056 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16057 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16058 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16062 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16063 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16066 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16067 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16069 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16071 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16075 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16077 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16078 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16079 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16082 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16083 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16086 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16087 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16090 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16091 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16094 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16095 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16096 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16097 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16098 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16099 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16100 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16101 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16104 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16105 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16106 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16107 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16110 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16111 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16112 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16113 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16115 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16116 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16117 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16118 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16119 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16120 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16121 unsigned int other
;
16122 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16141 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16144 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16145 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16148 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16149 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16152 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16156 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16157 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16159 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16161 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16162 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16163 PLT slots per relocation. */
16164 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16165 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16166 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16167 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16168 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16169 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16170 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16172 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16173 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16175 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16178 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16181 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16184 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16186 names
= (char *) send
;
16187 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16190 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16191 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16195 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16196 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16198 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16202 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16203 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16207 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16212 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16216 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16217 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16218 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16222 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16223 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16224 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16226 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16227 const char *suffix
;
16232 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16234 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16235 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16239 /* Truncated table??? */
16240 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16242 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16243 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16244 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16245 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16246 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16248 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16249 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16253 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16254 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16255 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16257 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16258 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16259 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16260 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16261 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16262 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16264 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16265 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16267 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16268 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16269 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16270 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16271 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16272 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16273 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16274 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16275 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16277 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16280 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16281 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16282 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16283 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16284 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16285 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16286 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16287 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16290 /* Truncated table??? */
16291 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16295 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16296 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16303 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16304 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16305 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16306 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16307 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16308 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16310 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16312 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16314 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16315 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16316 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16319 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16321 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16322 names
+= suffixlen
;
16325 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16334 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16336 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16337 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16339 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16341 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16345 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16347 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16348 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16350 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16353 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16354 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16356 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16357 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16360 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16362 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16363 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16364 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16368 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16370 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16373 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16376 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16378 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;